‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪0‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫أوﻻً ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻹﻃﺎرﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻮد )‪ (BS 8110 - 97‬ﻷن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﻲ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ اﻟﻮاﺣﺪات‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬واﻟﻔﻘﺮات اﻟﻤﺪوﻧﺔ أدﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮر اﻟﺬي ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺮاﺟﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬

‫) ‪BS‬‬ ‫‪ 1.5‬رﻣﻮز وﻣﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻹﻃﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻮد‬

‫‪:(8110 - 97‬‬
‫‪Symbols and terminology design of concrete frame elements in‬‬
‫)‪(BS 8110 - 97‬‬
‫‪ (BS‬ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬ ‫)‪8110‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ اﻟﺠﺪول اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﺮﻣﻮز واﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ اﻟﻜﻮد‬
‫اﻹﻃﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰي‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫‪Area of section for shear resistance‬‬ ‫‪mm2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺺ‬ ‫‪Acv‬‬

‫‪Gross area of cross-section‬‬ ‫‪mm2‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫‪Ag‬‬

‫‪Area of tension reinforcement‬‬ ‫‪mm2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ‬ ‫‪AS‬‬

‫‪Area of compression reinforcement‬‬ ‫‪mm2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪A`S‬‬

‫‪Total area of column longitudinal‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟ ﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻄﻮﻟﻲ‬

‫‪mm2‬‬ ‫‪Asc‬‬
‫‪reinforcement‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮد‬
‫‪Total cross-sectional area of link at the‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺪة ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﺤﻮر‬
‫‪mm2‬‬ ‫‪Asv‬‬
‫‪neutral axis‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ )اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻳﺪ أو اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ(‬
‫‪Area of shear reinforcement per unit length‬‬ ‫‪mm2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ واﺣﺪة‬
‫‪Asv/Sv‬‬
‫‪of the member‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﻮل ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪1‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ETABS 2015 ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
BS 8110 - 97 ‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫( ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬5 ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰي‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬

Depth of compression block mm .‫اﻟﻌﻤﻖ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬ a

Width or effective width of the section in the ‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻔﻌﺎل ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
mm b
compression zone
‫اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
Shorter section dimension mm ‫اﻟﺒﻌﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬ b`

‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻔﻌﺎل أو ﻋﺮض اﻟﺠﻨﺎح أو‬

Width or effective width of flange mm bf
‫)اﻟﺸﻔﺔ( ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻜﻤﺮة اﻟﻤﺠﻨﺢ‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺠﺬع أو اﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
Average web width of a flanged beam mm bw
‫( اﻟﻜﻤﺮة اﻟﻤﺠﻨﺢ‬Web )
Compression force N ‫ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬ C

Effective depth of tension reinforcement mm ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻖ اﻟﻔﻌﺎل ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ‬ d

Depth to center of compression
reinforcement
mm ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬ d`

Modulus of elasticity of concrete Mpa ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮوﻧﺔ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ‬ Ec

Modulus of elasticity of reinforcement Mpa ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮوﻧﺔ ﻓﻮﻻذ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬ Es

Minimum eccentricity mm ‫اﻟﻼﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ اﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬ emin

Characteristic cube strength at 28 days Mpa ‫ ﻳﻮم‬28 ‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة ﺑﻌﺪ‬ fcu

Compressive stress in a beam compression ‫إﺟﻬﺎد اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬

Mpa f `s
steel
‫ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺮة‬
‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة أو ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﺸﺪ‬
Characteristic strength reinforcement Mpa fy
(‫ﻟﻔﻮﻻذ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ )ﺣﺪ اﻟﺨﻀﻮع‬
Characteristic strength of link ‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة ﻟﻔﻮﻻذ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻌﻘﺪ‬
Mpa fyv
fyv < 460 Mpa ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫أﻗﻞ‬
reinforcement. fyv < 460 Mpa

Overall depth of a section in the plane of ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻖ اﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺨﺎﺿﻊ‬

mm h
bending
‫ﻟﻼﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬
Flange thickness mm ‫ﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎح ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﺠﻨﺢ‬ hk

2
 ‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ETABS 2015 ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
BS 8110 - 97 ‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫( ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬5 ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰي‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬

Normalized design moment - K=Mu/b.d2.fcu ‫اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ‬ K

‫( اﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺧﺮﺳﺎﻧﻲ‬K) ‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬

Maximum (K) for a singly reinforced
concrete section, taken as 0.156 by ‫( ﻣﻊ‬0.156) ‫ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ‬..‫أﺣﺎدي اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
- K`
assuming that moment redistribution is
limited to 10%
‫اﻓﺘﺮاض أن إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻌﺰم ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
.(10%)
Shear strength enhancement factor for ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ زﻳﺎدة ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ‬
- K1
support compression
‫اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط‬
Concrete shear strength factor ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻘﺺ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ‬ K2
K2 = (fcu / 25)0.333 -
K2 = (fcu / 25)0.333
Effective height of a column mm ‫اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻔﻌﺎل ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮد‬ le

Clear height between end restraints mm ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺼﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬ l0

Design moment at a section N.mm ‫اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬ M

Smaller and larger end moments in slender ‫اﻟﻌﺰﻣﺎن اﻷﻛﺒﺮ واﻷدﻧﻰ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد‬
N.mm M1, M2
column
‫اﻟﻨﺤﻴﻒ‬
Initial moment at the point of maximum ‫اﻟﻌﺰم ﻋﻨﺪ أول ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﺰم اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬
N.mm Mi
additional moment
‫اﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ‬
Applied moments about the major and minor ‫اﻟﻌﺰﻣﺎن اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻖ ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﻦ‬
N.mm Mx , M y
axes of a column
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ واﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮي ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮد‬
Ultimate axial load N ‫اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ واﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺔ‬ N

Spacing of the links along the length of the ‫اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮل ﻣﺴﺎر‬
mm sv
beam
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺮة‬
Tension force N (‫ﻗﻮة اﻟﻔﺘﻞ )اﻟﻠﻲ‬ T

Design shear force at ultimate design load N ‫ﻗﻮة اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺔ‬ V
Design shear stress at a beam cross-section
or at a punch critical section
MPa ‫إﺟﻬﺎد اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬ v

3
 ‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰي‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬

‫اﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺮة‪ ،‬أو ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺜﻘﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺮج‬
‫‪Design ultimate shear stress resistance of a‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ إﺟﻬﺎد اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺤﺪي‬
‫‪MPa‬‬ ‫‪vc‬‬
‫‪concrete beam‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺮة اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Design concrete shear stress corrected for‬‬ ‫إﺟﻬﺎد اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺤﺢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪MPa‬‬ ‫‪v`c‬‬
‫‪axial forces‬‬
‫أﺟﻞ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Design ultimate shear stress of a concrete‬‬ ‫إﺟﻬﺎد اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺤﺪي اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫‪MPa‬‬ ‫‪vx , vy‬‬
‫‪section‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ )اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻳﺪ أو‬
‫‪Neutral axis depth‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ(‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫‪Depth of neutral axis in a balanced section‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬ ‫‪xbal‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﻮازن‬
‫‪Lever arm‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬ ‫ذراع اﻟﻌﺰم ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫‪z‬‬

‫‪Effective length factor‬‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻔﻌﺎل‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪Moment redistribution factor in a member‬‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻌﺰم ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬ ‫‪b‬‬

‫‪Partial safety factor for load‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻷﻣﺎن اﻟﺠﺰﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪f‬‬

‫‪Partial safety factor for material strength‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻷﻣﺎن اﻟﺠﺰﺋﻲ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻤﺎدة‬ ‫‪m‬‬

‫‪Maximum concrete strain = 0.0035‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫اﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎل اﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪c‬‬

‫‪Strain in tension steel‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫اﻧﻔﻌﺎل ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ‬ ‫‪s‬‬

‫‪Strain in compression steel‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫اﻧﻔﻌﺎل ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪`s‬‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Design Load Combinations‬‬ ‫‪ 2.5‬ﺗﺮاﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪد ﺗﺮاﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎد إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻷﻣﺎن اﻟﺠﺰﺋﻲ )‪(f‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻘﺮة اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ )‪.(BS 2.4.1.3‬‬
‫إذا ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﻴﺘﺔ )‪ (Dl‬واﻟﺤﻴﺔ )‪ (LL‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫‪ .(1.4‬أﻣﺎ إذا ﺗﻌﺮض ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮرة إﻟﻰ ﺣﻤﻮﻻت أﺧﺮى ﻛﺎﻟﺮﻳﺎح )‪ (WL‬أو‬ ‫)‪DL + 1.6 LL‬‬

‫اﻟﺰﻻزل )‪ ،(EL‬ﻓﻴﺼﻤﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺮاﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪:(BS 2.4.3‬‬

‫‪1.4 D‬‬
‫‪1.4 D + 1.6 L‬‬
‫‪1.0 D + 1.4 W‬‬
‫‪1.4 D + 1.4 W‬‬
‫‪1.2 D + 1.2 L + 1.2 W‬‬
‫‪1.0 D + 1.4 E‬‬
‫‪1.4 D + 1.4 E‬‬
‫‪1.2 D + 1.2 L + 1.2 E‬‬

‫‪Design Strength‬‬ ‫‪ 3.5‬اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ وﻓﻮﻻذ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻣـﻦ ﺣﺎﺻـﻞ ﻗﺴـﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣـﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﻴـﺰة‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺎدﺗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ أﻣﺎن ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ) ‪ (m‬ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ )‪:(BS 2.4.4.1‬‬
‫)‪ (m = 1.50‬ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف واﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (m = 1.25‬ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻘﺺ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺧﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺺ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (m = 1.15‬ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﺸﺪ واﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻮﻻذ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪Column Design‬‬ ‫‪ 4.5‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻷﻋﻤﺪة‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺪار وﺗﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ .‬وإذا ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮد وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺤﺴﺎب اﻟﻘﻮة اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ وﻋﺰﻣﻲ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد‪ .‬وﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫) ‪BS‬‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻄﻄﺎت أو ﺳﻄﻮح اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ )‪ (Interaction surfaces‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻘﻮى واﻟﻌﺰوم ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ أدﻧﺎﻩ‪...‬‬
‫‪.(3.8.4.1‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻄﻮﻟﻲ اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1.4.5‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺳﻄﻮح اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻻﻧﺤﻨﺎء اﻟﻤﺰدوج‪:‬‬
‫‪Generation of Biaxial Interaction Surfaces‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺮي ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻗﺪرة ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ﻟﻠﻘﻮى اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ‬
‫اﻟﺬي ﻳﻮﻟﺪﻩ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺮاﻏﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺤﺎور‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﺪاﺛﻴﺎت اﻟﻘﻮة اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ وﻋﺰﻣﻲ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎﻫﻲ اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﻦ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﻦ )‪(X , Y‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(1.5‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﺣﺪاﺛﻴﺎت ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺗﻨﺎوب اﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎﻻت اﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮد )‪(linear strain) (c‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺮاغ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎوي ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى )‪.(BS 3.4.4.4) ...(0.0035‬‬
‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﺤﻮري‬
‫‪+ P0‬‬

‫‪Pmax‬‬

‫‪Pbx‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ‬
‫‪Pby‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ‬
‫‪Mbx‬‬ ‫‪Mby‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ‬

‫‪Mx‬‬ ‫‪My‬‬

‫‪- P0‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﺪ اﻟﻤﺤﻮري‬

‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 1.5‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺮاﺑﻂ ﻧﻤﻮذﺟﻲ ﻟﻌﻤﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪Typical Column Interaction Surface‬‬

‫‪6‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺤﺴﺐ إﺟﻬﺎد اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪0.67 fcu‬‬
‫)‪= 0.45 fu ... (BS 3 . 4 .4 . 1‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫) ‪s‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺴﺐ اﻹﺟﻬﺎد ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺪود اﻟﻤﺮوﻧﺔ )‪ (fy‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪاء اﻧﻔﻌﺎل اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻤﺮوﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ (. Es‬ﻣﻊ أﺧﺬ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﺒﺎن اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎر ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪،(2.5‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻮ )‪ ،(0.67 fcu/m‬ﻣﻊ أﺧﺬ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺴﺎب ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل وﺟﻮدﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ c = 0.0035‬‬ ‫‪0. 0.67 fcu/ m‬‬
‫‪Cs1‬‬
‫`‪d‬‬ ‫‪ s1‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪ s2‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪Cs2‬‬

‫‪ s3‬‬ ‫‪T s3‬‬

‫‪ s4‬‬ ‫‪T s4‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎﻻت‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻹﺟﻬﺎدات‬

‫‪Concrete Section‬‬ ‫‪Strain Diagram‬‬ ‫‪Stress Diagram‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 2.5‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻹﺟﻬﺎد‪/‬اﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎل ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪Idealization of Stress/Strain Distribution in a Column Section‬‬

‫اﻷﻋﻤﺪة‪Check Column Capacity :‬‬ ‫‪ 2.5.5‬ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻗﺪرة ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪرة ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺗﺤﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮاﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة‪ ،‬وذﻟﻚ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ )‪ .(Station Location‬وﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات‬

‫‪7‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻘﻮى اﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪة )اﻟﻘﻮة اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﺰم وﻗﻮى اﻟﻘﺺ( ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﺎرة‪ ،‬وﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد )‪.(N , V2 , V3 , M22 , M33‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻻﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﺰوم اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬واﻟﻌﺰوم ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ إن وﺟﺪت‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪Braced Column‬‬ ‫‪ 1.2.5.5‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻷﻋﻤﺪة اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﺎً‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﻌﺰوم اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮي اﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺪة اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫)‪M add = Na u ... (BS 3.8.3.1‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ )‪ (au‬اﻻﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ )‪ ،(ultimate limit state‬وﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪au =  a .K.h‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪l‬‬
‫= ‪a‬‬ ‫‪( e )2‬‬
‫‪2000 b‬‬

‫)‪ (le‬اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻔﻌﺎل ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮد )‪.(le =  . l0‬‬

‫)‪ ( 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻔﻌﺎل و )‪ (l0 = l22 or l33‬ﻃﻮل اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻘﺪﺗﻲ اﻟﺮﺑﻂ أو اﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎد ﺑﺤﺴﺐ اﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺘﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (K‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ اﻻﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﺴﺎوﻳﺎً ﻟﻠﻮاﺣﺪ )‪.(1‬‬
‫)‪ (b‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ اﻻﻧﺤﻨﺎء و )‪ (h‬اﻟﺒﻌﺪ اﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺤﺴﺎب اﻟﻌﺰوم اﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮاﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت‪ ،‬وﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ اﻷﻛﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن )‪ (M2 > M1‬واﻟﻠﺬان ﻳﻤﺜﻼن ﻋﺰﻣﻲ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف اﻷدﻧﻰ واﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺧﺬ اﻟ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (M2‬أو )‪ (M1 + Madd‬أو )‪ (Mi + Madd/2‬أو ) ‪.(BS 3.8.3.2) ... (M1 . emin‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (Mi‬اﻟﻌﺰم اﻷوﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﻌﺰم اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪8‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫)‪Mi = 0.4 M1 + 0.6 M2  0.4 M2 ... (BS 3.8.3.2‬‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﻧﺤﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ )‪ (M2 , M1‬ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎً أﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن اﻻﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻫﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻌﺘﺒﺮ )‪ (M1‬ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪...(20‬‬ ‫)‪mm‬‬ ‫)‪ (emin‬اﻟﻠﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ اﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ اﻟﻤﺪروس ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮد‪ ،‬وﺗﺆﺧﺬ )‪ (0.05‬ﻋﻠﻰ أﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ‬
‫)‪.(BS 3.8.3.4‬‬

‫‪Unbraced Column‬‬ ‫‪ 2.2.5.5‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻷﻋﻤﺪة ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﺎً‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻤﻢ اﻷﻋﻤﺪة ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻻﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻋﺰم ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ دﻧﻴﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ )‪ ،(Mu > N . emin‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫‪1.2 DL + 1.2‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺸﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮات )‪ ،(P - ‬ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ذﻟﻚ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻻت ﻫﻮ )‬
‫‪.(LL‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ‪Determine Capacity Ratio :‬‬ ‫‪ 3.5.5‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻗﺪرة‬

‫ﻳﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺪرة ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ﻛﻤﻘﻴﺎس ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻹﺟﻬﺎدات‪ ،‬وذﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎد إﻟﻰ اﻹﺟﻬﺎدات‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﺪة ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺰوم ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪة ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ )‪.(Pu , Mux , Muy‬‬
‫) ‪P , Mx‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﻳﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (L‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3.5‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ إﺣﺪاﺛﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ (, My‬اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ داﺧﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ أو ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎً‪ .‬وﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻷﺧﺮى ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ﻣﺠﻬﺪاً ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ أﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (C‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3.5‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ اﻣﺘﺪاد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )‪ (OL‬ﻣﻊ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻻﻧﻬﻴﺎر‪ ،‬وﺗﻜﻮن‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻫﻲ )‪.(OL / OC‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻗﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ‬

‫‪9‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﺤﻮري‬

‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻻﻧﻬﻴﺎر‬

‫اﻟﺸﺪ اﻟﻤﺤﻮري‬

‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 3.5‬ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻘﺪرة ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪Geometric Representation of Column Capacity Ratios‬‬

‫ـ إذا ﻛﺎن )‪ (OL = OC‬ﺗﻜﻮن ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻗﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﺴﺎوﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻮاﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬا ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أن اﻟﻌﻤـﻮد ﻣﺠﻬـﺪ ﺣﺘـﻰ ﻗـﺪرة‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ـ إذا ﻛﺎن )‪ (OL < OC‬ﺗﻜﻮن ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻗـﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤـﻞ أﻗـﻞ ﻣـﻦ اﻟﻮاﺣـﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻬـﺬا ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ أن اﻟﻌﻤـﻮد ﻣﺠﻬـﺪ ﺑﺄﻗـﻞ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ـ إذا ﻛﺎن )‪ (OL > OC‬ﺗﻜﻮن ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻗﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ أﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮاﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬا ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أن اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ﻣﺠﻬـﺪ ﺑـﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺴــﺐ ﻗــﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤ ـﻞ ﺗﺤــﺖ ﺗــﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻓــﺔ ﺗﺮاﻛﻴــﺐ اﻟﺤﻤــﻮﻻت وﻓــﻲ ﻛــﻞ ﻣﺤﻄــﺔ ﻣــﻦ ﻣﺤﻄــﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨــﺔ ﻓــﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻮد‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻢ )‪.(Pu , Mux , Muy‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪Required Reinforcing Area :‬‬ ‫‪ 4.5.5‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬

‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺴـﺒﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻳﻘـﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧـﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳـﺪ ﻫـﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺴـﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﻨـﺎءاً ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻗﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫أﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻘﺺ ﻓﻴﺤﺴﺒﻪ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﻴﻦ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ واﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮي‪ ،‬ووﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وذﻟـﻚ ﺑﺘـﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺮاﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت أﻳﻀﺎً‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻘﻮة اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ وﻗﻮة اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﻤﺼﻌﱠﺪة )‪ (Pu , Vu‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ اﻹﺷﺎرة إﻟﻰ أن ﺣﺴﺎب‬
‫)‪ (Vu‬ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻣﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻘﺺ )‪.(vc‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻣﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻘﺺ )‪.(vc‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﻼزم ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻗﺪرة ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺘﻮازن‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎب ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻘﺺ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻹﻃﺎرات ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺰوم وﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻹﻃﺎرات اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺰوم‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎد إﻟﻰ ﻗﺪرة ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺺ وإﻟﻰ ﻗﺪرة ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد اﻻﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ اﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎر اﻟﻘﻮى اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔ واﻟﻌﺰوم اﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺠﺰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻘﺮات اﻟﺜﻼث اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻘﻮى ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﻄـﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺪرة ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬‬

‫‪Beam Design‬‬ ‫‪ 6.5‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻜﻤﺮات‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻜﻤﺮات اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻋﺰوم اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺗﺮاﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة‪ ،‬وذﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮل اﻟﻤﺠﺎزان وﺑﻮﺟﻮد أو ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﻗﻮى ﻣﺤﻮرﻳﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺮات‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺤﻲ اﻟﻘﺺ واﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف‪ .‬أﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﺰوم اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف أو ﻋﺰم اﻟﻔﺘﻞ ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮي ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ إن ﻟﺰﻣﺖ ﺧﺎرج اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪11‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ 1.6.5‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺮات‪:‬‬

‫‪Design Beam Flexural Reinforcement‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ وﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف اﻟﻌﻠﻮي واﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬وﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﻜﻤﺮات اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﺑﻤﻮاﻗﻊ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺰم اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﻌﱠﺪ‪ .‬وﺗﻨﻔﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺮات ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪Determine Factored Moments‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻌﺰوم اﻟﻤﺼ ﱠﻌﺪة‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺰوم اﻟﻤﺼ ﱠﻌﺪة اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ واﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻨﺎﺟﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺮاﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة‪ .‬وﻳﻨﺘﺞ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ واﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬وﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺮات ﺑﻤﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (T‬أو ﺑﻤﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (L‬أو ﺑﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻌﺰم‪.‬‬

‫‪Determine Required Flexural Rein.‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺤﺴــﺐ اﻟﺒﺮﻧــﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺴــﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸــﺪ اﻟﻤﻄﻠــﻮب‪ ،‬ﻛﻤــﺎ ﻳﺤﺴــﺐ ﺗﺴــﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀــﻐﻂ إذا اﺣﺘــﺎج اﻟﻤﻘﻄــﻊ إﻟــﻰ ذﻟــﻚ‪.‬‬
‫وﻳﺠﺮي ﺗﺼـﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻘـﺎﻃﻊ ﺑـﺎﻓﺘﺮاض أن ﺗﺸـﻮﻩ اﻟﺨﺮﺳـﺎﻧﺔ )‪ .(BS 3.4.4.4) ...( = 0.0035‬وﺗﺼـﻤﻢ ﻛﺎﻓـﺔ اﻟﻤﻘـﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺺ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪BS‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ أن إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻌﺰم ﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ )‪ ،(10%‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ )‪...(βb ≥ 0.9‬‬
‫‪ .(3.4.4.4‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻋﺘﺒﺎر أن ﻋﻤﻖ اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(x < 0.5 d‬وﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ )‪.(a = 0.9 x‬‬

‫‪ 1.1.6.5‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻜﻤﺮات ﺑﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪Design of a Rectangular Beam‬‬
‫‪ .(BS‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬ ‫)‪8110‬‬ ‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4.5‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ أﺣﺎدي اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ اﻓﺘﺮاﺿﺎت اﻟﻜﻮد‬
‫ﻳﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف أو اﻟﺤﺪي اﻟﻤﻘﺎوم )‪ (Msingle‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪12‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪c = 0.0035‬‬ ‫‪0. 0.67 fcu/ m‬‬

‫`‪d‬‬

‫‪A`S‬‬ ‫‪f `s‬‬ ‫‪CS‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫‪d‬‬
‫‪b‬‬

‫‪AS‬‬ ‫‪TS‬‬ ‫‪TC‬‬

‫‪s‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻜﻤﺮة‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎﻻت‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻹﺟﻬﺎدات‬

‫‪Beam Section‬‬ ‫‪Strain Diagram‬‬ ‫‪Stress Diagram‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 4.5‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺮات‪.‬‬

‫‪Design of a Rectangular Beam Section.‬‬

‫‪Msingle = K` . fcu . b . d2‬‬ ‫)‪... K` = 0.156 ... (BS 3.4.4.4‬‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻖ )‪ (M‬أﻗﻞ أو ﻳﺴﺎوي اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﻤﻘﺎوم )‪ ،(Msingle‬ﻳﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫= ‪AS‬‬
‫‪0.87 fy . z‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪k ‬‬
‫‪z = d  0.5 + 0.25 -‬‬ ‫‪  0.95 d‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪0.9 ‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫=‪k‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪fcu . b . d‬‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻖ )‪ (M‬أﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﻤﻘﺎوم )‪ (Msingle‬ﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻼزم ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪13‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪M - Msingle‬‬
‫= ‪A`S‬‬
‫‪0.67 fcu‬‬
‫‪(f`s -‬‬ ‫)`‪) . (d - d‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪d` 1‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬
‫‪if‬‬ ‫)‪ (1- y )  f `s = 0.87 fy ... (BS 3.4.4.1‬‬
‫‪d 2‬‬ ‫‪800‬‬
‫‪d` 1‬‬ ‫‪fy‬‬ ‫`‪2 d‬‬
‫‪if‬‬ ‫‪ (1-‬‬ ‫‪)  f `s = Es .  c (1-‬‬ ‫)‪) ... (BS 3.4.4.4‬‬
‫‪d 2‬‬ ‫‪800‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪K` ‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬
‫‪z = d  0.5 + 0.25‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪0.9‬‬ ‫‪ fcu . b . d‬‬

‫وﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪Msingle‬‬ ‫‪M - Msingle‬‬
‫‪AS‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫)`‪0.87 . fy . z 0.87 . fy . (d - d‬‬

‫‪Design as T- Beam‬‬ ‫‪ 2.1.6.5‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻜﻤﺮات ﺑﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪:T‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.5‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺮة ﻣﺠﻨﺤﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (T‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﻌﺰم‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪bf‬‬ ‫‪0. 0.67 fcu/ m‬‬ ‫‪0.85 f ` c‬‬
‫‪c = 0.0035‬‬

‫‪hf‬‬ ‫`‪d‬‬
‫‪A`S‬‬ ‫‪f``S‬‬ ‫‪CS‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪Cf‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫`‪d‬‬ ‫‪Cw‬‬

‫‪AS‬‬
‫‪TS‬‬ ‫‪Tw‬‬ ‫‪Tf‬‬

‫‪bw‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 5.5‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (T‬ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺮات‪.‬‬

‫‪Design as T- Beam Section.‬‬

‫‪14‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻔﺘﺮض أن اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺎح اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ )‪ ،(flange‬وﻳﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﻌﺰم اﻻﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫=‪K‬‬ ‫)‪... (BS 3.4.4.4‬‬
‫‪fcu . bf . d2‬‬
‫ﻟﺬا ﻳﺤﺴﺐ ذراع اﻟﻌﺰم ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪K ‬‬
‫‪z = d  0.5 + 0.25 -‬‬ ‫‪  0.95 d‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪0.9 ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫=‪x‬‬
‫‪d- z‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻖ اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪0.45‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ اﻹﺷﺎرة إﻟﻰ أن )‪ (a‬ﻋﻤﻖ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ )‪.(a = 0.9 x‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن )‪ (a < hf‬ﻳﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ أﺑﻌﺎدﻩ )‪ (bw x d‬وﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن )`‪.(K > K‬‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎن )‪ (a > hf‬ﻳﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺗﺤﺴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰأﻳﻦ‪ ...‬اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺬي ﻳـﻮازن ﻗـﻮة اﻟﻀـﻐﻂ )‪ (Cf‬ﻓـﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎج‪ ،‬واﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻮازن ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ )‪ (Cw‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺬع )‪.(Web‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ )`‪ (K‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻘﺮة اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﺤﺪي اﻟﻤﻘﺎوم ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻨﺎح )‪ (flange‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪0.67‬‬
‫= ‪Mf‬‬ ‫) ‪fcu (b f - b w ) h f (d - 0.5 h f‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫وﻳﻜﻮن ﻋﺰم اﻟﺘﻮازن‪:‬‬
‫‪Mw = M - Mf‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﺤﺪي اﻟﻤﻘﺎوم ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺬع ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪Mw‬‬
‫= ‪Kw‬‬
‫‪fcu . b f . d2‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن )‪ (Kw < K1‬ﻳﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‪ ،‬وﻳﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻼزم ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰأﻳﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻷول ﻟﺘﻮازن اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺎح )‪ ،(Flange‬واﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺘﻮازن اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺬع )‪.(Web‬‬

‫‪Mf‬‬ ‫‪Mw‬‬
‫= ‪As‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪0.87 fy (d - 0.5 hf ) 0.87 fy . h . z‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬

‫‪15‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪K ‬‬

‫‪z = d  0.5 + 0.25 - w   0.95 d‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪0.9 ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن )`‪ (Kw < K‬ﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻼزم ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪Mw - Muw‬‬
‫= ‪A`s‬‬
‫‪0.67 fcu‬‬
‫‪(f`s -‬‬ ‫)`‪) (d - d‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰأﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪Muw = K`. fcu . b . d2‬‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ )ﻟﻠﻌﺰم اﻟﺤﺪي اﻟﻤﻘﺎوم(‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻓﺮق اﻟﻌﺰم‪.(Mw - Muw) .‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫`‪d‬‬ ‫‪fy‬‬
‫‪IF‬‬ ‫‪ 0.5 (1 -‬‬ ‫‪)  f `s  0.87 fy‬‬
‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪800‬‬
‫`‪d‬‬ ‫‪fy‬‬ ‫`‪2d‬‬
‫‪IF‬‬ ‫‪ 0.5 (1 -‬‬ ‫‪)  f `s  E s c (1 -‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪800‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫أﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ اﻟﻼزم ﻓﻴﺤﺴﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Mf‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪M - Muw ‬‬
‫= ‪As‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪+ uw + w‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪0.87 fy‬‬ ‫‪ d - 0.5 hf‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪d - d` ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪z = d  0.5 + 0.25 -‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪K` ‬‬
‫‪  0.95 d‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪0.9 ‬‬

‫‪ 2.6.5‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ اﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪Minimum Tensile Reinforcement‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺮات ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺪول اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪%‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻜﻤﺮة‬
‫‪fy = 460 MPa‬‬ ‫‪fy = 250 MPa‬‬

‫‪0.13‬‬ ‫‪0.24‬‬ ‫‪(As/b.h) 100‬‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬

‫‪16‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪0.18‬‬ ‫‪0.32‬‬ ‫‪Bw / bf < 0.4‬‬ ‫‪ L or T‬ﻣﻊ ﺟﺬع‬

‫‪(As/bw.h) 100‬‬
‫‪0.13‬‬ ‫‪0.24‬‬ ‫‪Bw / bf > 0.4‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺪود‬
‫‪ T‬ﻣﻊ ﺟﺬع‬
‫‪0.26‬‬ ‫‪0.48‬‬ ‫‪(As/bw.h) 100‬‬ ‫ـ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮط‬
‫‪ L‬ﻣﻊ ﺟﺬع‬
‫‪0.36‬‬ ‫‪0.36‬‬ ‫‪(As/bw.h) 100‬‬ ‫ـ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮط‬

‫ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺮات ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺪول اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪%‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻜﻤﺮة‬

‫‪0.20‬‬ ‫‪(A`s / b . h) 100‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬

‫‪0.40‬‬ ‫‪(A`s / bf . hf) 100‬‬ ‫‪ T‬ﻣﻊ ﺟﺬع ﻣﺸﺪود‬
‫‪0.20‬‬ ‫‪(A`s / bw . h) 100‬‬ ‫‪ T‬ﻣﻊ ﺟﺬع ﻣﻀﻐﻮط‬

‫‪ 3.6.5‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺮات‪:‬‬

‫‪Design Beam Shear Reinforcement‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻜﻤﺮات ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻘﺺ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺮاﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ واﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮي ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮد اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﻜﻤﺮة ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺴﺐ إﺟﻬﺎد اﻟﻘﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫=‪v‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫)‪A cv = b . d .... (BS 3.4.5.2‬‬
‫‪A cv‬‬

‫ﻳﺤﺴﺐ إﺟﻬﺎد اﻟﻘﺺ اﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮح ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪vmax = min of (0.8 fcu or 5 MPa‬‬

‫‪17‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺤﺴﺐ إﺟﻬﺎد اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻠﻪ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪0.79 K1 . K 2 100 A s 400 1/4‬‬

‫= ‪vc‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫()‬ ‫)‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪b.d‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ )‪.(m = 1.25‬‬

‫)‪ (K1‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎد‪ ...‬ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﺘﺤﻔﻆ )‪(K1 = 1‬‬
‫‪fcu 1/3‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬
‫( = ‪K2‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪and 1  K 2  ( )1/3‬‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﺤﻘﻖ إﺟﻬﺎد اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺤﺪي اﻟﻤﺘﺮاﺟﺤﺘﻴﻦ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪100 A s‬‬ ‫‪400 1/ 4‬‬
‫‪0.15 ‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪) 1‬‬
‫‪b.d‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬

‫)‪ (As‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺺ‪.‬‬

‫وﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﺎدي ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ )‪.(fcu < 40 MPa‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺴﺐ إﺟﻬﺎد اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻘﺺ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪vr = 0.4 + v c‬‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﻹﺟﻬﺎد اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻖ )‪ ،(v < vc + vr‬ﻳﺴﻠﺢ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ أدﻧﻰ ﻗﺪرﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪As‬‬ ‫‪v .b‬‬
‫‪= r‬‬
‫‪s v 0.87 fyv‬‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﻹﺟﻬﺎد اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻖ )‪ ،(v > vc + vr‬ﻳﺴﻠﺢ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻗﺪرﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪As‬‬ ‫‪(v - vc ) b‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪sv‬‬ ‫‪0.87 fyv‬‬

‫‪18‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ وﻛﻤﺮات اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬

‫) ‪BS‬‬ ‫‪ 7.5‬رﻣﻮز وﻣﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ وﻓﻖ اﻟﻜﻮد‬
‫‪:(8110 - 97‬‬
‫‪ (BS‬ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬ ‫)‪8110‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ اﻟﺠﺪول اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﺮﻣﻮز واﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ اﻟﻜﻮد‬
‫اﻹﻃﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰي‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫‪Net area of a wall pier bounded by the‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺼﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺠﺪار‬
‫‪length of the wall pier Lp, and the web‬‬ ‫‪mm2‬‬ ‫‪ACV‬‬
‫‪thickness‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪد اﻟﻄﻮل ‪ Lp‬وﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ اﻟﺠﺬع‬
‫‪Gross area of a wall pier‬‬ ‫‪mm2‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺠﺪار‪.‬‬ ‫‪Ag‬‬

‫‪Minimum required area of distributed‬‬

‫‪mm2‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫‪horizontal reinforcing steel required for‬‬ ‫‪Ah-min‬‬
‫‪shear in a wall spandrel‬‬
‫‪mm‬‬
‫اﻟﻼزم ﻟﻠﻘﺺ واﻟﻤﻮزع ﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬
‫‪Area of reinforcing steel‬‬ ‫‪mm2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻮﻻذ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪As‬‬

‫‪Maximum area of compression reinforcing‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻮﻻذ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪mm2‬‬ ‫‪Asc‬‬
‫‪steel in a wall pier edge member‬‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬
‫‪The required area of tension reinforcing‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻮﻻذ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫‪steel for balancing the concrete‬‬
‫‪compression force in the extruding portion‬‬
‫‪mm2‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻮازﻧﺔ ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺠﺰء‬ ‫‪Asf‬‬
‫‪of the concrete flange of a T- beam‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺎح اﻟﻜﻤﺮة‬
‫‪Area of reinforcing steel required for‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻮﻻذ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪mm2‬‬ ‫‪Ast‬‬
‫‪tension in a pier edge member‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬
‫‪Maximum area of tension reinforcing steel‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻮﻻذ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ اﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪mm2‬‬ ‫‪Ast max‬‬
‫‪in a wall pier edge member‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬
‫‪Area of reinforcing steel required for shear‬‬
‫‪mm2‬‬
‫‪mm‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻮﻻذ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪Asv‬‬
‫‪Area of diagonal shear reinforcement in a‬‬
‫‪coupling beam‬‬
‫‪mm2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻮﻻذ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﻘﻄﺮي ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪Asd‬‬

‫‪19‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ETABS 2015 ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
BS 8110 - 97 ‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫( ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬5 ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰي‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺮات‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
Minimum required area of distributed 2
vertical reinforcing steel required for shear
mm
mm
‫اﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ اﻟﻼزم ﻟﻠﻘﺺ اﻟﻤﻮزع ﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺮة‬ Av-min
in a wall spandrel.
‫اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻮﻻذ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬
The required area of tension reinforcing
steel for balancing the concrete ‫ﻟﻤﻮازﻧﺔ ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ ذات‬
compression force in a rectangular
concrete beam, or for balancing the
mm2 ‫اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ أو ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ‬ Asw
concrete compression force in the concrete
web of a T- beam
‫ﺧﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ ﺟﻨﺎح اﻟﻜﻤﺮة اﻟﻤﺠﻨﺤﺔ ذات‬
T ‫اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻮﻻذ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺮة‬
Area of compression reinforcing steel in a mm2 A`s
spandrel ‫اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬
Length of a concrete edge member in a wall ‫ﻃﻮل اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺪار ذي‬
mm B1,B2
with uniform thickness
‫اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ أو‬
Concrete compression force in a wall pier N Cc
or spandrel ‫ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬
Concrete compression force in the ‫ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ اﻟﺠﺰء‬
N Cf
extruding portion of a T beam flange
T ‫اﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺎح اﻟﻜﻤﺮة‬
‫اﻟﻘﻮة ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ أو‬
Compression force in wall pier or spandrel N Cs
reinforcing steel ‫ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬
‫ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ ﺟﺬع اﻟﻜﻤﺮة‬
Concrete compression force in the web of a N Cw
T- beam T ‫ذات اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻗﺪرة‬
Demand/Capacity ratio as measured on an
‫ـ‬ D/C
interaction curve for a wall pier
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ‬
Length of a user defined wall pier edge
member, mm. This can be different on the
mm ‫ﻃﻮل اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬ CB1

20
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ETABS 2015 ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
BS 8110 - 97 ‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫( ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬5 ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰي‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬

left and right sides of the pier, and it also
can be different at the top and the bottom
‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن‬...‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ‬
of the pier
‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎً ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ اﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‬
‫واﻟﻴﺴﺮى أو ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ واﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬
Width of a user defined wall pier edge
member. This can be different on the left ‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن‬...‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ‬
and right sides of the pier, and it also can mm CB2
be different at the top and the bottom of the ‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎً ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ اﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‬
pier
‫واﻟﻴﺴﺮى أو ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ واﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
Modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel MPa ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮوﻧﺔ ﻓﻮﻻذ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬ Es

‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﺘﺒﺮة ﻓﻲ‬

The maximum ratio of reinforcing
considered in the design of a pier with a ‫ـ‬ ‫ واﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة ﻓﻲ‬،‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬ IPmax
Section Designer section
.‫ﻣﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ اﻟﻤﻌﺘﺒﺮة ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬
The minimum ratio of reinforcing
considered in the design of a ‫ـ‬ ‫ واﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ‬،‫ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬ IPmin
pier with a Section Designer section
.‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
Horizontal length of the boundary zone at
each end of a wall pier
mm ‫ﻃﻮل اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬ LBZ

Horizontal length of wall pier. This can be ‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن‬...‫ﻃﻮل ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬
different at the mm Lp
top and the bottom of the pier ‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻻﻋﻠﻰ واﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
Horizontal length of wall spandrel mm ‫اﻟﻄﻮل اﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻜﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬ Ls

Live load N ‫اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﺤﻴﺔ‬ Qk

Factored bending moment at a design
section
N.mm ‫اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬ M

‫ﻋﺰم اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف اﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬

In a spandrel with compression reinforcing,
the factored bending moment at a design ‫ واﻟﺬي ﻳﻘﺎوم ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ‬،‫اﻟﻤﺼﻤﻢ‬
section resisted by the couple between the N.mm Mc
concrete in compression and the tension ‫اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ واﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
steel.
‫ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺤﺎوﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬

21
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ETABS 2015 ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
BS 8110 - 97 ‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫( ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬5 ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰي‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬

‫ﻋﺰم اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف اﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
In a spandrel with a T- beam section and
compression ‫اﻟﻤﺼﻤﻢ واﻟﺬي ﻳﻘﺎوم ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ‬
reinforcing, the factored bending moment
at a design section resisted by the couple N.mm ‫اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ وﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ واﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ‬ Mf
between the concrete in compression in
the extruding portion of the flange and the ‫ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ ذات‬،‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ‬
tension steel
T ‫اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
In a spandrel with compression reinforcing, ‫ﻋﺰم اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف اﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
the factored bending moment at a design
section resisted by the couple between the
N.mm ‫ واﻟﺬي ﻳﻘﺎوم ﻋﺒﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬،‫اﻟﻤﺼﻤﻢ‬ Ms
compression steel and the tension steel
‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ وﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬
In a spandrel with a T-beam section and ‫ﻋﺰم اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف اﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
compression
reinforcing, the factored bending moment ‫ واﻟﺬي ﻳﻘﺎوم ﻋﺒﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬،‫اﻟﻤﺼﻤﻢ‬
M.mm Mw
at a design section resisted by the couple
between the concrete in compression the
‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ وﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬
web and the tension steel
T ‫ذات اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
On a wall pier interaction curve the ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
"distance" from the origin to the capacity ‫ـ‬ OC
associated with the point considered ‫اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ وﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻗﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺘﺒﺮة‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﻟﺠﺪار‬
On a wall pier interaction curve the
"distance" from the origin to the point ‫ـ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺺ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ وﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ‬ OL
considered
‫ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮة‬
The axial force in a wall pier at a balanced ‫اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬
N Nb
strain condition
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮوط اﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ اﻟﺘﻮازﻧﻲ‬
Equivalent axial force in the left edge ‫اﻟﻘﻮة اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
member of a wall pier used for design. This
may be different at the top and the bottom
N ‫ واﻟﺘﻲ‬.‫اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬ Nleft
of the wall pier.
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ واﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
Limit on the maximum compressive design ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‬
N Nmax
strength specified by BS 8110-1997
(BS 8110-1997) ‫اﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ وﻓﻖ‬

22
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ETABS 2015 ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
BS 8110 - 97 ‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫( ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬5 ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰي‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬

Nominal axial strength N ‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ أو اﻟﻤﺘﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ اﻻﺳﻤﻴﺔ‬ Nr

‫ﻣﺘﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ اﻻﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬

nominal axial load strength of a wall pier N N0
‫ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬
‫ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺠﺪار‬
The maximum compression force a wall
pier can carry with strength reduction N ‫اﻟﻘﺺ ﺗﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﻧﺔ‬ Nr max
factors set equal to one
‫ﻳﺴﺎوي اﻟﻮاﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻗﻮة اﻟﺸﺪ اﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺠﺪار‬
The maximum tension force a wall pier can
carry with strength reduction factors set N ‫اﻟﻘﺺ ﺗﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﻧﺔ‬ Nt max
equal to one
‫ﻳﺴﺎوي اﻟﻮاﺣﺪ‬
Equivalent axial force in the right edge ‫اﻟﻘﻮة اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
member of a wall pier used for design. This
may be different at the top and the bottom
N ‫اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ واﻟﺘﻲ‬ Nright
of the wall pier
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ واﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪة اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‬
Factored axial force at a design section N N
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
Maximum ratio of compression steel in an ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
edge member of a ‫ـ‬ NC max
wall pier. ‫اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
Maximum ratio of tension steel in an edge
‫ـ‬ NTmax
member of a wall Pier.
‫اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﺘﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮف‬
Shear strength reduction factor as
specified in the concrete material ‫ ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬.‫ﻣﻊ ﺧﻮاص اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ‬
properties. This reduction factor applies to ‫ـ‬ RLw
lightweight concrete. It is equal to 1 for ‫ وﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺎوي اﻟﻮاﺣﺪ‬،‫اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺨﻔﻴﻒ‬
normal weight concrete.
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‬
Reduced live load ‫ـ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﺾ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﺤﻴﺔ‬ RLL

Tension force in wall pier reinforcing steel N ‫ﻗﻮة اﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻮﻻذ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬ Ns

23
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ETABS 2015 ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
BS 8110 - 97 ‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫( ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬5 ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰي‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬

The portion of the shear force carried by ‫اﻟﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮة اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻠﻪ‬
N Vc
the concrete
‫اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ‬
Design shear strength N ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ أو ﻣﺘﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‬ Vr

The portion of the shear force in a spandrel ‫اﻟﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮة اﻟﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬
N Vs
carried by the shear reinforcing steel
‫اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻘﺺ‬
‫ﻗﻮة اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪة اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
Factored shear force at a design section N V
‫اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
Wind load N ‫ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﺮﻳﺎح‬ Wk

Depth of the wall pier or spandrel ‫ﻋﻤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬
mm a
compression block
‫أو ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬
Depth of the compression block in the web ‫ﻋﻤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط ﻣﻦ ﺟﺬع اﻟﻜﻤﺮة‬
mm a1
of a T- beam
T ‫ذات اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺎح أو‬
Width of the compression flange in a T-
beam. This can be different on the left and mm ‫ وﻗﺪ‬.T ‫ﺷﻔﺔ اﻟﻜﻤﺮة ذات اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬ bs
right ends of the T-beam.
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ وﻳﺴﺎر اﻟﺠﻨﺎح‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ أﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻴﻒ ﻣﻀﻐﻮط ﻓﻲ‬
Distance from the extreme compression
fiber of the wall pier or spandrel to the mm ‫ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ أو ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ وﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻮر‬ c
neutral axis
‫اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ اﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ أو اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
Distance from bottom of spandrel beam to
centre of the bottom reinforcing steel. This ‫أﺳﻔﻞ ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ وﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
mm dr bot
can be different on the left and right ends
of the beam. ‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‬.‫اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‬
.‫وﻳﺴﺎر اﻟﻜﻤﺮة‬
Distance from top of spandrel beam to
centre of the top reinforcing steel. This can
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ اﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ أو اﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ أو‬
mm dr top
be different on the left and right ends of the
beam.
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻤﺔ ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ وﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬

24
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ETABS 2015 ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
BS 8110 - 97 ‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫( ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬5 ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰي‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬

‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ‬.‫اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي‬
.‫ﻳﻤﻴﻦ وﻳﺴﺎر اﻟﻜﻤﺮة‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺟﻨﺎح اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺮة ذات‬
Depth of the compression flange in a T-
beam. This can be different on the left and mm ‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ‬... T ‫اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬ ds
right ends of the T- beam.
.‫ﻳﻤﻴﻦ وﻳﺴﺎر اﻟﻜﻤﺮة‬
Depth of spandrel beam minus cover to
centre of reinforcing.
mm .‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ اﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ‬ dspandrel

‫ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬.‫ﺣﺪ اﻟﺨﻀﻮع ﻟﻔﻮﻻذ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬

Yield strength of steel reinforcing. This
value is used for flexural and axial design N/mm2 ‫ﻟﺤﺴﺎب وﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺤﻲ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬ fy
calculations
‫واﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬
Yield strength of steel reinforcing. This ‫ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬.‫ﺣﺪ اﻟﺨﻀﻮع ﻟﻔﻮﻻذ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
N/mm2 fys
value is used for shear design calculations.
‫ﻟﺤﺴﺎب وﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻘﺺ‬
.‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ أو ﻣﺘﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ‬
Concrete compressive strength. This value
is used for flexural and axial design N/mm2 ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺤﺴﺎب وﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬ f `cu
calculations.
‫واﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬
Concrete compressive strength. This value .‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ أو ﻣﺘﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ‬
N/mm2 f `cs
is used for shear design calculations
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺤﺴﺎب وﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻘﺺ‬
Stress in compression steel of a spandrel N/mm2 ‫اﻹﺟﻬﺎد ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﻜﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬ f `s

Height of a spandrel. This can be different ‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬...‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬

mm hs
on the left and right ends of the spandrel.
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﺎر وﻳﻤﻴﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺮة‬
Shear strength enhancement factor. ‫ـ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻘﺺ‬ K1

Concrete shear strength factor [fcu/25]1/3 ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ‬ K2

‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬

Maximum ratio of reinforcing steel in a wall
pier with a Section Designer section that is ‫ـ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺠﺰ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬ P max
designed (not checked).
‫وﻟﻴﺲ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬

25
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰي‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬
‫‪Minimum ratio of reinforcing steel in a wall‬‬
‫‪pier with a Section Designer section that is‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺠﺰ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪P max‬‬
‫‪designed (not checked).‬‬
‫وﻟﻴﺲ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫‪Thickness of a wall pier. This can be‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫‪mm‬‬ ‫‪tP‬‬
‫‪different at the top and bottom of the pier.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ واﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫‪Thickness of a spandrel. This can be‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪different on the left and right ends of the‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬ ‫‪ts‬‬
‫‪spandrel.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ واﻟﻴﺴﺎر‬
‫‪The sum of all dead load cases‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻻت اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﻴﺘﺔ‬ ‫‪ΣGk‬‬

‫‪The sum of all live load cases‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻻت اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﺤﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ΣQk‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻻت اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﺤﻴﺔ‬

‫‪The sum of all reduced live load cases‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪ΣRQk‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺨﻔﻀﺔ‬
‫‪Neutral axis depth‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻖ اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻖ اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮوط‬

‫‪Depth of neutral axis in balanced condition‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬ ‫‪xbal‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮازن‬
‫‪Lever arm‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬ ‫ذراع اﻟﻤﺰدوﺟﺔ‬ ‫‪Z‬‬

‫‪Reinforcing steel strain.‬‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ أو اﻧﻔﻌﺎل اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪Maximum allowed compression strain in‬‬
‫‪concrete‬‬
‫‪0.0035‬‬ ‫اﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎل اﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮح ﻟﻠﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪c‬‬

‫‪Reinforcing steel strain in a wall pier‬‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫اﻧﻔﻌﺎل اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬ ‫‪s‬‬

‫‪Compression steel strain in a wall spandrel‬‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫اﻧﻔﻌﺎل اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ ﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬ ‫‪`s‬‬
‫‪Partial safety factor for strength of‬‬
‫‪materials‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﺎدة اﻟﺠﺰﺋﻲ‬ ‫‪m‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺸﺪ واﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻮﻻذ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪m = 1.15‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف واﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪m = 1.50‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺧﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺺ‪.‬‬ ‫‪m = 1.15‬‬

‫‪26‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Load Combinations‬‬ ‫‪ 8.5‬ﺗﺮاﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت‪:‬‬

‫‪1.4 GK‬‬
‫)‪1.4  GK + 1.6 (QK + RQK‬‬
‫‪1.2  GK + 1.2 (QK + RQK) + 1.2 WK‬‬
‫‪1.2  GK + 1.2 (QK + RQK) - 1.2 WK‬‬
‫‪1.4  GK + 1.4 WK‬‬
‫‪1.4  GK - 1.4 WK‬‬
‫‪1  GK + 1.4 WK‬‬
‫‪1  GK - 1.4 WK‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ )‪ (WK‬ﺣﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﺮﻳﺎح اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻤﻮذج‪ .‬وﺑﻘﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺪول أﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺗﺮاﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ أﻳﺔ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ‪...‬‬
‫وﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﺮاﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫إذا اﺣﺘﻮت ﺗﺮاﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ واﺣﺪة‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ اﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‪ .‬ﻋﺪا ﻋﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻄﻮة اﻷﺧﻴﺮة ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 9.5‬أﻧﻮاع ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪Shear Wall Types in Program‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺼﻤﻢ ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ أو ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ أو ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ‪ ،‬وﻳﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ أﻧﻮاع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺪران ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.5‬وﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪Simplified Wall Simplified (C & T‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬اﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺟﺪار ذو ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ اﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮي‪ ،‬وﻳﺴﻠﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺪ‬
‫واﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ ذو اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻮزع ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎم‪:‬‬
‫‪Uniform Reinforcing Shear Wall‬‬

‫‪27‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺟﺪار ذو ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪة ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼت‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ اﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺮاﻏﻲ وﻳﻮزع ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﻘﻂ اﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺗﻮزﻳﻌﺎً ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺎً‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ واﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ ذو اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻌﺎم‪:‬‬

‫‪General Reinforcing Shear Wall‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺟﺪار ذو ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺎم‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ اﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺮاﻏﻲ وﻳﻮزع اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺿﻤﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﻘﻂ اﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫‪Section‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء ﻫﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ )ﻣﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ( )‬
‫‪ (Designer‬اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ )‪ .(ETABS‬وﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ واﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 10.5‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ وﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﻤﻨﻌﻄﻔﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪Wall Pier Flexural- Design and Checking‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ وﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺤﺎور اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺪار‪ .‬واﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ )‪.(Assign‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪Simplified Pier :‬‬ ‫‪ 1.10.5‬ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻤﻮذج‬
‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (7.5‬ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﻨﻤﻮذج اﻷول ﺑﺪون ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺠﺪران أﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﺎﺳﻢ )‪ (Simplified C & T‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ اﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮي‬
‫وﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﺮاﻏﻲ‪ ،‬وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺪ واﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬وﺗﺴﻠﺢ ﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺠﻬﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﻘﻂ اﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ )‪ (Lp‬أﻣﺎ رﻣﻮز اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺎت ﻓﻬﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮر‪ ،.‬ﻓﻔﻲ اﻟﺠﺪران ذات اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ أﺑﻌﺎد ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫وﻳﺴﺎر اﻟﺠﺪار‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻫﺬﻩ اﻷﻧﻮاع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺪران ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ )‪ (Etabs 2013‬ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ دون اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻓﺈذا‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ أﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﺘﺮض اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ أن ﻋﺮض اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺠﺪار )أي ﻋﻤﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺨﻔﻲ(‪ ،‬وﻳﺤﺪد ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪28‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Simplified C & T‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺪران اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬

‫ـ ﻋﻤﻞ إﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮي ‪Planar Piers‬‬
‫ـ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪Design Only Piers‬‬

‫ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ ذات اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻮزع ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎم‬

‫‪Uniform Reinforcing Shear Wall‬‬
‫ﻓﺮاﻏﻲ ‪3D‬‬ ‫ـ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ـ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ أو اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ‪Design or Check‬‬
‫ـ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻣﻮزع ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎم ‪Uniform Reinforcing‬‬

‫‪top‬‬

‫ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ ذات اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻌﺎم‬

‫‪General Reinforcing Shear Wall‬‬
‫ﻓﺮاﻏﻲ ‪3D‬‬ ‫ـ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫‪Design or Check‬‬
‫ـ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ أو واﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫‪Section Designer‬‬ ‫ـ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬

‫‪bottom‬‬

‫‪LP‬‬
‫‪6.5‬‬ ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪LP‬‬

‫‪tP‬‬
‫‪tP‬‬ ‫‪DB2 L‬‬ ‫‪DB2 R‬‬

‫‪DB1 L‬‬ ‫‪DB1 R‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 7.5‬ﺟﺪار ﻗﺺ ﻧﻤﻮذﺟﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪Typical Wall Pier Dimensions Used for Simplified Design‬‬
‫وﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم أو ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮر‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (8.5‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻧﻤﺎذج ﻟﻠﺠﺪار اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ )‪ (C&T‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻋﺘﻤﺎدﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪29‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ .a‬ﻃﻮل ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ وﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎوي ﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ اﻟﺠﺪار‪.‬‬

‫‪ .b‬ﻃﻮل ﺛﺎﺑﺖ وﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ وﻣﻮﺣﺪة ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .c‬ﻃﻮل ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ وﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ )ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Section‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ )‬
‫‪ (Designer‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺠﺪار وﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎت وﻣﻮاﻗﻊ ﻗﻀﺒﺎن‬
‫اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ‪ .‬وﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺘﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻌﺎم ﺑﺄي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1.1.9.5‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻤﻮذج )‪ (a‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪:(8.5‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻗﻮى اﻟﺸﺪ )‪ (T‬واﻟﻀﻐﻂ )‪ (C‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺪران‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬واﻗﻌﺔ‬
‫دوﻣﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى واﺣﺪ )ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮي(‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪ a‬ـ ﺟﺪار ﻗﺺ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﺪد اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Wall pier with uniform thickness and ETABS- determined (variable length) edge‬‬
‫‪members‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪ b‬ـ ﺟﺪار ﻗﺺ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪Wall pier with user- defined edge members‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪ c‬ـ ﺟﺪار ﻗﺺ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ‪ ،‬واﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻵﺧﺮ ﻳﺤﺪدﻩ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪Wall pier with a user- defined edge member on one end and an ETABS determined (variable‬‬
‫‪length) edge member on the other end‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 8.5‬ﻧﻤﺎذج ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ اﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻮاﺣﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي واﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻜﻮن أﺑﻌﺎد‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮر ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ واﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺪار‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ ﻓﻲ أﺣﺪ اﻟﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻼً‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ أﻛﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺠﺪار ﻓﻲ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ واﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻄﺮف )اﻟﻌﻠﻮي أو اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮل اﻟﺠﺪار ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺮف‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﺘﺮض اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ دوﻣﺎً ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺳﻤﻴﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ )‪ DB1‬و‬
‫‪ (DB2‬ﺗﺴﺎوي اﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (9.5‬ﺟﺪار ﻗﺺ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻳﺘﻌﺮض ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي واﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ إﻟﻰ ﻗﻮة ﻣﺤﻮرﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺼ ﱠﻌﺪة وﻋﺰم اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻣﺼ ﱠﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Pleft-top‬‬ ‫‪PU-top‬‬ ‫‪Pright- top‬‬

‫‪MU-top‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ‬

‫أﻳﻤﻦ ‪Right edge member‬‬

‫أﻳﺴﺮ ‪Left edge member‬‬

‫‪Elevation‬‬

‫‪MU-bot‬‬

‫‪Pleft-bot‬‬ ‫‪PU-bot‬‬ ‫‪Pright- bot‬‬

‫‪0.5LP‬‬

‫‪t P 0.5tP0.5tP‬‬ ‫‪0.5tP 0.5t P tP‬‬

‫‪Section‬‬ ‫‪tP‬‬

‫‪B1-left‬‬ ‫‪B1-right‬‬

‫‪B2-left‬‬ ‫‪B2-right‬‬
‫‪B3-left‬‬ ‫‪B3-right‬‬
‫‪LP‬‬

‫‪9.5‬‬ ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫‪31‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ وذﻛﺮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺤﻲ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ واﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎد إﻟﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪PT -‬‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻘﻮة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط )‪ (PC- max‬وﻟﻘﻮة اﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺪود‬
‫‪.(max‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺮض اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ أن ﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻫﻲ )‪ (tP‬وﻋﺮض ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ )‪ (B1-left‬وﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫)‪ (tP‬وﻋﺮﺿﻪ )‪ ...(B1-right‬ﺣﻴﺚ )‪.(B1-left = B1-right = tp‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻘﻮة اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ وﻳﺴﺎر اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪Ntop‬‬ ‫‪Mtop‬‬
‫= ‪Nleft- top‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Lp - 0.5 B1- left - 0.5 B1- right‬‬

‫‪Ntop‬‬ ‫‪Mtop‬‬
‫= ‪Nlright- top‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Lp - 0.5 B1- left - 0.5 B1- right‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﻘﻮى )‪ (Nleft- top‬و )‪ (N right- top‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮاﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ اﻟﺸﺪ‬
‫واﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺠﺪران ﻳﺠﺐ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺠﺬر اﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮع اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎت )‪ (SRSS‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ )ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺨﻴﺎر ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺠﺬر اﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮع‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬وﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻃﻴﻒ اﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪S1  S‬‬ ‫‪1 ,1‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪1, 2‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪1, 3‬‬ ‫‪ ...  S‬‬ ‫‪1, j‬‬

‫وﻫﻜﺬا ﻓﻤﻦ أﺟﻞ ﻋﺰوم اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻣﺜﻼً ﺗﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪MS  M‬‬ ‫‪S .1‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪S .2‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪S .3‬‬ ‫‪ ...  M‬‬ ‫‪S. j‬‬

‫وﻫﺬا ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أن ﻓﻜﺮة اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس أن اﻷﻧﻤﺎط ﻻ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ إﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ‪ .‬أي ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﻨﻤﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻت واﻟﻔﺘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪.‬‬

‫‪32‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫وﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎد‬ ‫‪SRSS‬‬ ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻗﻴﻤﻬﺎ اﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ اﻷﻛﺜﺮ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻً ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺠﺬر اﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮع اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎت‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ اﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻت(‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ أي ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻮﺗﻴﻦ )‪ (Nleft- top‬و )‪ (N right- top‬ﺷﺎدة‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻘﺎوم ﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫= ‪A st‬‬ ‫)‪... N (BS 3.4.4.1‬‬
‫‪fy‬‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (N‬ﻫﻲ )‪ (Nleft- top‬أو )‪ .(N right- top‬و )‪.(Ag = tp . Bt‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ أي ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻮﺗﻴﻦ )‪ (Nleft- top‬و )‪ (N right- top‬ﺿﺎﻏﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻘﺎوم ﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪0.67 fcu‬‬ ‫‪fy‬‬
‫= ‪Abs‬‬ ‫)‪(Ag - A sc ) + Asc ... N (BS 3.4.4.1‬‬
‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺴﺐ )‪ (Asc‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪fcu‬‬
‫‪Abs (N) - 0.67‬‬
‫‪ c . Ag‬‬
‫= ‪Asc‬‬
‫‪fy‬‬ ‫‪fcu‬‬
‫‪- 0.67‬‬
‫‪s‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫إذا وﺟﺪ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ أن ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (ASC‬ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺧﺎص ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ اﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪A st- max = N . Tmax . tp . B1‬‬

‫وﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪A sc- max = N . Cmax . tp . B1‬‬

‫‪33‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ )‪ (Ast‬ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻷول ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻻت أﻗﻞ أو ﺗﺴﺎوي )‪ (Ast- max‬ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﺬي ﻳﻠﻲ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻷول‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺑﺰﻳﺎدة ﻃﻮل اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ أو اﻷﻳﺴﺮ أو ﻃﻮﻟﻲ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2.1.9.5‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻤﻮذج )‪ (b‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪:(8.5‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺮض اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻨﻤﻮذج أن ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ اﻟﺠﺪار واﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬أي أن اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺤﺴﺎب ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻮﻻذ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫وﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أن ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺐ اﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺪدﻫﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3.1.9.5‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻤﻮذج )‪ (c‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪:(8.5‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮن ﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ أﺣﺪ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻤﺎذج ﻣﺴﺎوﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ اﻟﺠﺪار‪ ،‬وﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬وﻣﺤﺪدة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ‪ .‬وﻳﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎً‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2.10.5‬ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ ذات ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ أو اﻟﻤﻮزع ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎم ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪:‬‬

‫‪Checking a General or Uniform Reinforcing Pier Section‬‬
‫ﺳﻮاء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﻌﺎم أو ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻮزع ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎم‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻟﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ ً‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺗﺮاﺑﻂ )‪ (Interaction Curves‬ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﺠﺪار‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻘﻮى اﻟﺤﺮﺟﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻗﺪرة ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬وﻳﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﺑﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻘﻮى واﻟﻌﺰوم ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1.5‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ‪Generation of Interaction Surface :‬‬ ‫‪ 1.2.10.5‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪد ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ اﻟﻔﺮاﻏﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎد إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﺎور )‪ ،(P , M2 , M3‬وﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺪوران اﺗﺠﺎﻩ اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ أو اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺮاﻏﺎت ﻣﺘﺴﺎوﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﺰاﻳﺪة‬
‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺗﺸﻮﻫﺎت اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮزع ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎوي ﻋﻠﻰ داﺋﺮة ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ )‪ (360‬درﺟﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻌﺪد اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ‬

‫‪34‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ )‪ (24‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ‪ .‬أي ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ واﺣﺪ ﻛﻞ )‪ (15‬درﺟﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ أن اﻟﻌﺪد‬
‫اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ واﺣﺪ ﻫﻲ )‪ (11‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (10.5‬اﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮض ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﺠﺪار ﻗﺺ‪ ،‬واﻟﺠﻮاﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮر‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺸﺪوداً )‪ (T‬أو ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎً )‪) .(C‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ( واﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺨﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻘﻂ‪ .‬وﻳﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻤﺸﺪود ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ وﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺎرك ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﺮاﺑﻂ )‪ (PMM‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ‪ .‬وﺑﺪورﻩ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﺎط‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺨﻄﻮط ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ واﺣﺪة‪ .‬وﻳﻌﻄﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ رﻗﻤﺎً ﻣﺤﺪداً‪ ،‬وﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﺬا اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻓﺮدﻳﺎً ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻋﺪد‬
‫زوﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﺮاﻏﺎت ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎل أﻋﻄﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ رﻗﻤﺎً زوﺟﻴﺎً ﻓﺴﻴﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺮﻗﻢ إﻟﻰ أﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫رﻗﻢ ﻓﺮدي‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ ﺑﺒﻌﺪﻳﻦ أﺛﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎر ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ )‪ (0o‬واﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ )‪ .(180O‬وﺑﻐﺾ اﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪد اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻓﺈن اﻟﻌﺰم‬
‫)‪ (M3‬ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﺤﻮر )‪ (3‬ﻫﻮ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎر ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ‪.‬‬

‫‪35‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار ﻗﺺ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺰاوﻳﺔ ‪0o‬‬

‫‪3‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار ﻗﺺ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺰاوﻳﺔ ‪45o‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪3‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار ﻗﺺ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺰاوﻳﺔ ‪180o‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬

‫‪3‬‬

‫‪225o‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪارﻟﻘﺺ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺰاوﻳﺔ‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 10.5‬ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ ﺑﺰواﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Orientation of the Pier Neutral Axis for Various Angles‬‬
‫‪T,C‬ﻣﺨﻄﻄﺎت اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻮا ٍز ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮر‬
‫‪Interaction Curve is for a Neutral Axis Parallel to T, C axis‬‬

‫‪36‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ‪Formulas of the Interaction Surface :‬‬ ‫‪ 2.2.10.5‬ﺻﻴﻎ ﺳﻄﺢ‬

‫) ‪BS 8110-‬‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺸﺊ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻌﺎدﻻت ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺲ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﻮى اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺔ وﻓﻖ اﻟﻜﻮد‬
‫‪ .(97‬وﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ اﻟﻘﻮى واﻟﻌﺰوم اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻗﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻘﻮى اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﺰوم اﻻﺳﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪.(Nr, M2r, M3r‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻧﻜﻮن اﻟﻘﻮى واﻟﻌﺰوم اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔ )‪ (N, M2, M3‬أﻗﻞ أو ﺗﺴﺎوي ﺗﻠﻚ اﻻﺳﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻋﺘﺒﺎرات ﺻﻴﻎ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼ اﻷﻣﺎن )‪ (c = 1.5‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ و )‪ (s = 15‬ﻟﻠﻔﻮﻻذ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ أﻗﺼﻰ ﻗﻮة ﺿﺎﻏﻄﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ )‪ (Nr max‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪fcu‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬
‫( ‪Nr max = 0.67‬‬ ‫‪) . (A g - As ) + y A s‬‬ ‫)‪(BS 3.4.4.1‬‬
‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ أﻗﺼﻰ ﻗﻮة ﺷﺪة ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪fy‬‬
‫= ‪Nt max‬‬ ‫)‪As (BS 3.4.4.1‬‬
‫‪s‬‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻌﺰم ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ وﺗﺴﻠﻴﺤﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮان ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﻘﻂ اﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻋﺰم اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮاﻓﻘﺎً ﻣﻊ اﻟﻘﻮة )‪ ،(Nr max‬وﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ )‪ .(Nt max = 0‬وﻣﺎ ﻋﺪا ذﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻌﺰم ﻣﺘﺮاﻓﻘﺎً ﻣﻊ )‪ ،(Nr max‬و )‪.(Nt max‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (11.5‬ﻣﺜﺎﻻً ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار ﻗﺺ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ وﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪) ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪات اﻟﻤﺘﺮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ أن ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﻮي‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﻲ ﺗﺮاﺑﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬اﻷول ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺰاوﻳﺔ )‪ ،(0o‬واﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰاوﻳﺔ )‪ .(180o‬واﻟﻌﺰم )‪ (M3‬ﻫﻮ ﻓﻘﻂ اﻟﻤﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﻷن اﻟﺠﺪار‬
‫ﺑﺒﻌﺪﻳﻦ‪ ...‬وﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 11.5‬ﻣﺜﺎل ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار ﻗﺺ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﻮي ﺑﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪Example Two-Dimensional Wall Pier With Unsymmetrical Reinforcing‬‬

‫‪37‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺪرﺟﺘﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮرﺗﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮة ﻷن ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪ .‬وﻛﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ )‪ (11‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫إﺷﺎرة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ وإﺷﺎرة اﻟﺸﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ اﻷدﻧﻰ )اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮم ﺑﺨﻂ ﻏﺎﻣﻖ( ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺧﻔﺾ اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ و )‪.(Pm ax‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ )‪ (Nm ax‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪.(1.0‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (12.5‬ﻣﺨﻄﻄﺎت اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (11.5‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺰاوﻳﺔ )‪.(0o‬‬
‫وﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ أﺿﻴﻔﺖ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت أﺧﺮى إﻟﻰ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻂ اﻟﻐﺎﻣﻖ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺧﻔﺾ اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ و )‪ .(Pmax‬أﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫اﻷﺧﺮى‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت )‪ (0.7, 0.9, 1.0‬ﻓﻘﺪ اﻋﺘﺒﺮ )‪.(Pmax = 1.0‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻮازﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻹﺟﻬﺎد‪ /‬اﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ اﻻﺳﻤﻴﺔ وﻋﺰوم اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف )‪ (N, M2, M3‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‪ .‬وﺗﺤﺪد إﺣﺪاﺛﻴﺎت‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮي اﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎل اﻟﺨﻄﻲ ﺣﻮل ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(14.5‬‬

‫‪38‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪12.5‬‬ ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 13.5‬ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(11.5‬‬

‫‪Interaction Curves for Example Wall Pier Shown in Figure 11.5‬‬

‫‪39‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ )اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻳﺪ(‬

‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ اﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎل اﻟﺨﻄﻲ‬

‫‪c max = 0.035‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬

‫‪14.5‬‬ ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (15.5‬اﻟﺴﻄﻮح اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﻌﺎل اﻟﺨﻄﻲ واﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻫﺎ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎر ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺰاوﻳﺔ )‪ .(0o‬وﻳُﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻧﻔﻌﺎل اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ اﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت )‪ ،(0.0035‬وﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ )‪ (Noc‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼل اﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮر أﻳﻀﺎً ﻗﻮى اﻟﺸﺪ واﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﻄـﻂ اﻹﺟﻬـﺎد‪ /‬اﻻﻧﻔﻌـﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ‪ ،‬واﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮي اﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎل اﻟﺨﻄﻲ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ )أول ﻣﺴﺘﻮي ﺗﺸﻮﻩ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻗﻮى اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪fcu‬‬
‫‪Cc = 0.67‬‬ ‫‪at p‬‬ ‫)‪(BS 3.4.4.1‬‬
‫‪c‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﻤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻫﻮ )‪.(a = 0.9 x‬‬

‫‪40‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻹﺟﻬﺎدات‬

‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎل اﻟﺨﻄﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ ‪Plan View of Wall Pier‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 15.5‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ اﻹﺟﻬﺎد ‪ /‬اﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ‪.‬‬

‫‪Wall Pier Stress / Strain Relationship‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (14.5‬اﻓﺘﺮاض ﻗﻴﻤﺔ أوﻟﻴﺔ ﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎل اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﺤﺴﺐ اﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪fy‬‬
‫‪s =  s . E s ‬‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (S‬اﻹﺟﻬﺎد ﻓﻲ ﻓﻮﻻذ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪41‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫)‪ (‬اﻧﻔﻌﺎل ﻓﻮﻻذ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (ES‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮوﻧﺔ اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (fy‬ﺣﺪ اﻟﺨﻀﻮع ﻟﻔﻮﻻذ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻄﻮﻟﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻗﻮة اﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻮﻻذ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ )‪ (Ts‬واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ )‪ (Cs‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Ts = Cc = s s . As‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (Ts‬ﻗﻮة اﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻮﻻذ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺪود‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (Cc‬ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (Nr‬ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎل اﻟﻤﺤﺴﻮب ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪N r =   Ts - C s -  C s   Nmax‬‬

‫وﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ )‪ (Ts‬و )‪ (Cc‬ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ )‪ (Nr‬ﺷﺎدة إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ وﺿﺎﻏﻄﺔ‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (AS‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻮﻻذ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺪود‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﻌﺰم )‪ (M2‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﺰوم ﻣﺠﻤﻮع اﻟﻘﻮى ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ )‪ ،(2‬وﻛﺬﻟﻚ اﻟﻌﺰم )‪.(M3‬‬
‫‪ (N , , TS ,‬اﻟﻤﺤﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬واﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﻌﺰوم )‪ (M2, M3‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫)‪Cc‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻘﻮى‬
‫واﺣﺪة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ‪ .‬وﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻷﺧﺮى ﻣﻦ اﻓﺘﺮاﺿﺎت أﺧﺮى ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻹﺟﻬﺎد اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ‬
‫اﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ‪ ،‬وﻣﻊ اﻋﺘﺒﺎر ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﻌﺎل اﻟﺨﻄﻲ‪ .‬وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺠﺮي إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮر‬
‫اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ‪ .‬وﻳﻌﺎد إﻧﺸﺎء ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻘﻮى واﻟﻌﺰوم اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (16.5‬ﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‬
‫اﻟﺬي ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﻮي ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻘﻮى اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻗﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ أﺧﺬ اﻟﻘﻮى ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻻت اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (N , M3‬وﺟﺮى إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (L‬وﻗﺪ أﻫﻤﻠﺖ ‪ M2‬ﻷن اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮي‪.‬‬

‫‪42‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 16.5‬اﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻗﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار ﻗﺺ ﻣﺴﺘﻮي‪.‬‬

‫‪Two-Dimensional Wall Pier Demand/Capacity Ratio‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺤﺴﺎب ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻹﺟﻬﺎد ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (L‬وﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪(C‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮر‪ ،‬وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )‪.(OLC‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ واﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﻄﻄﺎت اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ اﻓﺘﺮاض اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮر اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ‪ .‬وﻳﻌﺎد‬
‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪد ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻘﻮى اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻗﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ )‪ (D/C‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (D/C = OL / OC‬أي ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﺳﺘﻬﻼك‬
‫اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻓﺘﺮاض ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ )‪.(Section Designer‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ )‪ (OL = OC‬أو ﻛﺎﻧﺖ )‪ (D/C = 1‬ﻓﺈن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (P&M‬ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ‪ .‬وﻳﻜﻮن‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﺠﺪار ﻣﺠﻬﺪاً ﺿﻤﻦ ﻗﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ )‪ (OL < OC‬أو ﻛﺎﻧﺖ )‪ (D/C < 1‬ﻓﺈن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (P&M‬ﺗﻘﻊ داﺧﻞ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ وﺗﻜﻮن‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﺠﺪار ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ )‪ (OL > OC‬أو ﻛﺎﻧﺖ )‪ (D/C > 1‬ﻓﺈن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (P&M‬ﺗﻘﻊ ﺧﺎرج ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ‪ .‬وﻳﻜﻮن‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ ﻣﺠﻬﺪاً ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪرة ﺗﺤﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪43‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫أﺧﻴﺮاً‬
‫ﻧﺸﻴﺮ أﺧﻴﺮاً إﻟﻰ أن ﺗﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺟﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺮدة واﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ أو ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻹﺟﻬﺎدات اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ وإﺟﻬﺎدات اﻟﻘﺺ وإﺟﻬﺎدات اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ ،(17.5‬وذﻟﻚ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ٍ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ اﻟﻤﺤﻮري‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻮﻩ اﻟﻘﺺ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻮﻩ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬

‫‪Axial Deformation‬‬ ‫‪Shear Deformation‬‬ ‫‪Bending Deformation‬‬

‫‪17.5‬‬ ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫‪ 3.10.5‬اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ ذات ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻌﺎم أو اﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪Shear Wall Design Dimensions for Uniform and General Reinforcing Pier‬‬
‫‪Sections‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻄﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻢ واﻟﻌﺎم ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻘﻂ‬
‫‪ .(Boundary‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺠﺮي اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺺ واﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬ ‫)‪Element‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺠﺪار وأﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻛﻼً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ،(Section‬ﻳﻤﻴﺰ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫)‪Designer‬‬ ‫إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﺪران ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻤﻌﺮف ﻛﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻲ )‪ (Area Element‬واﻟﺠﺪار اﻟﻤﻌﺮف ﻛﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺧﻄﻲ )‪ .(Pier‬وﻛﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ذﻟﻚ اﻟﻨﻤﺎذج اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(18.5‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﺢ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (a‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮر ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺪار ﻗﺺ‪ ،‬وﻗﺪ ﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﻮز‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (A1‬وﺣﺘﻰ )‪.(A4‬‬

‫‪44‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﺢ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (b‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮر ﺟﺪاراً ﻧﻤﻮذﺟﻴﺎً ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ‪ .‬وﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻘﻮم‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﻘﺺ وأﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬وﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﻮى اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﻌﺰم ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻔﺮاﻏﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺪار‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺗﻮﺿﺢ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (c‬ﺟﺪاراً ﻧﻤﻮذﺟﻴﺎً ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻛﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻨﻔﺮد ﺛﻼﺛﻲ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‪.‬‬
‫وﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻷﺧﻴﺮة ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف وﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼل ﻣﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ )‪.(Section Designer‬‬

‫‪45‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪A1‬‬ ‫‪A4‬‬

‫‪A2‬‬ ‫‪A3‬‬

‫‪ . a‬ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻌﺮف ﻛﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻤﻮذج‬

‫‪Plan View of Area Objects in Object-Based Model‬‬

‫‪A1‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ‬ ‫‪A3‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ‬

‫‪Leg A1‬‬ ‫‪Leg A3‬‬

‫‪A2‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ‬
‫‪Leg A2‬‬

‫‪ . b‬ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺺ‬
‫‪Plan View of Idealization for Shear Design and Boundary Zone Checks‬‬

‫‪ . c‬ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬

‫‪Plan View of Idealization for Flexural Design or Check‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 17.5‬ﻧﻤﺬﺟﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻢ واﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﺠﺪران اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﻨﻤﻮذﺟﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺺ واﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Uniform and General Reinforcing Pier Idealization for Shear‬‬
‫‪Design and for Boundary Check.‬‬

‫‪46‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ 3.10.5‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ‪:‬‬

‫‪Designing a General Reinforcing Pier Section‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ أي ﺟﺪار ﻗﺺ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﻮح اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ أﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﺠﺪار وﻣﻮاﻗﻊ ﻗﻀﺒﺎن اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ وﻣﻘﺎس ﻛﻞ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﺒﺎن اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﻋﻠﻰ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ )‪.(Section Designer‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺴﺐ ﺳﻄﻮح اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ ﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ )‪ (IPmax , IPmin‬وﺳﺖ ﻧﺴﺐ أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬وﺗﺤﺪد‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺒﺘﺎن اﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ واﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻣﻦ أﻓﻀﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺠﺪار )‪.(Preference‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺟﺪار اﻟﻘﺺ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ وﻳﻌﺪل اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎت ﻗﻀﺒﺎن اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺐ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﱠﺪ ﻧﺴﺐ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺰاﻳﺪة‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ أول ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻴﻦ ﺛﻠﺚ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫آﺧﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬وﻳﻮﺿﺢ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل اﻟﻤﻌﻄﻰ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺪول اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺮوط اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫)‪ (IPmin = 0.0025‬و )‪.(IPmin = 0.020‬‬

‫‪Example‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬ ‫‪Ratio‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪Curve‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ‬

‫‪0.0025‬‬ ‫‪IPmin‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪0.0038‬‬ ‫‪IPmin (IPmax - IP min) / 14‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪0.0054‬‬ ‫‪IPmin + (3/7) * (IPmax - IPmin) / 14‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪0.0075‬‬ ‫‪IPmin + (4) * (IP max - IPmin) / 14‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪0.0100‬‬ ‫‪IPmin + (6) * (IP max - IPmin) / 14‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫‪0.0129‬‬ ‫‪IPmin + (25/3) * (IPmax - IPmin) / 14‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫‪0.0163‬‬ ‫‪IPmin + (11) * (IPmax - IPmin) / 14‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪0.0200‬‬ ‫‪IPmax‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫‪47‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ أي ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻻت‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺴﺎب ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻗﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺐ اﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺴﻄﻮح اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ذﻟﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ )ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻗﺪرة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎوﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮاﺣﺪ( )ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ 0.99‬ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ‪ ،(1‬وﺗﺤﺪد اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪Spandrel Design‬‬ ‫‪ 11.5‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻛﻤﺮات اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻛﻤﺮات اﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﻮد اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف واﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ اﻟﻜﻤﺮة إﻟﻰ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف أو ﻗﺺ أو ﻗﻮى ﻣﺤﻮرﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮي‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺧﺎرج اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻘﺺ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺼﻤﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫اﻟﻼزم ﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎر أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ )ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ أو ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ‪(T‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﺰوم اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ أو اﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﻤﺮت اﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺰم اﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﻌﱠﺪ‪ ،‬وﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف اﻟﻼزم‪ ،‬وذﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻘﺮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1.11.5‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺰم اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف اﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ اﻟﻤﺼ ﱠﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪Determine the Maximum Factored Moments‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻌﻤﻖ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺮة اﻷﻳﻤﻦ واﻷﻳﺴﺮ وﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻖ‬
‫اﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ اﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ )‪ (10%‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬وﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ أو ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ أي‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ أﻣﺮ )‪.(Overwrites‬‬
‫‪ 2.11.5‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪:‬‬
‫‪Determine the Required Flexural Reinforcing‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻋﺰم اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف اﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﻌﺪ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻻت‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ وﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺤﻄﺘﻴﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ٍ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻋﺰوم اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ واﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪48‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻋﺘﺒﺎر أن ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼً ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ .(18.5‬أﻣﺎ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻓﻴﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻛﻤﺮة ﺑﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (T‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(19.5‬أو ﺑﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(L‬‬
‫‪ts‬‬
‫‪c< 0.0035‬‬ ‫‪0.76 /c.fcu‬‬
‫‪dr- top‬‬
‫‪Cs‬‬

‫‪Cc‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪c‬‬

‫‪hs‬‬

‫‪Ts‬‬
‫‪dr- bot‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻜﻤﺮة‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎل‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻹﺟﻬﺎدات‬

‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 18.5‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫‪Rectangular Spandrel Beam Design, Positive Moment‬‬

‫‪LS‬‬ ‫‪bS‬‬
‫‪Top‬‬

‫‪dr- top‬‬ ‫‪dS‬‬

‫‪dr- bot‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺎس ‪ dr‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‬ ‫‪Bottom‬‬ ‫‪tS‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺮة وﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 19.5‬اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻨﻤﻮذﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻤﺮة رﺑﻂ اﻟﺠﺪار‬

‫‪Typical Wall Spandrel Dimension‬‬

‫‪49‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ 3.11.5‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻜﻤﺮة ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺨﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻌﻄﺎف‪:‬‬

‫‪Rectangular Beam Flexural Reinforcing‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮد إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (18.5‬وﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﺤﺪي أي ﻗﺪرة ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻌﺰم )‪ (Msingle‬ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬
‫أﺣﺎدي اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺪد ﻗﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻼزم ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎب )‪ (Msingle‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪M single = k`. fcu . b . d2‬‬ ‫)‪... (BS 3.4.4.4‬‬

‫‪k`= 0.156‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪(M < Msingle) :‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﺎزات واﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫= ‪As‬‬
‫‪(0.87 fy ) z‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪K‬‬ ‫‪K‬‬
‫‪z=d‬‬ ‫‪(0.5 + 0.25 -‬‬ ‫‪)  0.95 d‬‬
‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪0.9‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫=‪K‬‬
‫‪fcu . t s . d2‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي واﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ )‪ (T‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﻛﺒﻴﺮة ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎرﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺪدة إﻻ ﺑﺸﺮط ﺗﺠﺎوز اﻹﺟﻬﺎد اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮح اﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ )‪.(4%‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪(M > Msingle) :‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم ﻳﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪M - M s ingle‬‬
‫= ‪A` s‬‬
‫‪0.67 fc u‬‬
‫‪f` s‬‬ ‫)`‪(d - d‬‬
‫‪m‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ )`‪ (d‬اﻟﻌﻤﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻮر ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎً ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺟﻪ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط‪.‬‬

‫‪50‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬

‫‪If‬‬ ‫) ‪ (1- y‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪f`s = 0.87 fy‬‬
‫`‪d‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪800‬‬
‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪fy‬‬ ‫`‪2 d‬‬
‫‪If‬‬ ‫‪ (1-‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪f`s = E s .  s (1-‬‬ ‫)‬
‫`‪d‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪800‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫`‪K‬‬
‫‪z = d spandrel (0.5 +‬‬ ‫‪0.25 -‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪0.9‬‬
‫وﻳﻜﻮن ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺤﺎً ﺳﻔﻠﻴﺎً ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ إذا ﻛﺎن ﺧﺎﺿﻌﺎً ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫وﻳﻜﻮن ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ اﻟﻤﻮازن‪:‬‬
‫‪M s ing le‬‬ ‫‪M - M single‬‬
‫= ‪As‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪0 .87 fy . z‬‬ ‫)` ‪0.8 7 fy (d - d‬‬

‫‪ 4.11.5‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻜﻤﺮة ذات اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (T‬اﻟﺨﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻌﻄﺎف‪:‬‬

‫‪T- Beam Flexural Reinforcing‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (20.5‬ﻛﻤﺮة رﺑﻂ ﺑﻤﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (T‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﻤﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن )‪ (a < ds‬ﻳﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻘﺮة اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺮض ﻣﻀﻐﻮط ﻳﺴﺎوي )‪ (b‬وذﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺣﺴﺎب ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪...(K > K`) ...‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن )‪ (a > ds‬ﻳﺼﻤﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰأﻳﻦ )ﺟﺬع وﺟﻨﺎح أو ﺷﻔﺔ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻜﻤﺮات ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪51‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ـ اﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ETABS 2015‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻲ ‪BS 8110 - 97‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول )اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ (5‬ـ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻜﻤﺮة‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎل‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻹﺟﻬﺎد‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻹﺟﻬﺎد ﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻹﺟﻬﺎد ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺠﺬع‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎح‬

‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 20.5‬ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﻌﺰم اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺮة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ ذات اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪T‬‬

‫‪Design of a Wall Spandrel with a T- Beam Section, Positive Moment‬‬

‫أﺧﻴﺮاً ﻳﺒﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﺪول اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺸﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺮات اﻟﺨﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻌﻄﺎف وﻓﻖ اﻟﺠﺪول )‪(25.3‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ )‪.(BS 3.12.5.3‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪fy = 250 Mpa‬‬ ‫‪fy = 460 Mpa‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫‪0.13‬‬ ‫‪0.24‬‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬
‫‪0.18‬‬ ‫‪0.32‬‬ ‫‪ts / bf < 0.4‬‬ ‫‪ T‬أو ‪ L‬واﻟﺠﺬع‬
‫‪0.13‬‬ ‫‪0.24‬‬ ‫)‪100 (As/ ts . hs‬‬ ‫‪ts / bf > 0.4‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺷﺪ‬
‫‪0.26‬‬ ‫‪0.48‬‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫‪ T‬أو ‪ L‬واﻟﺠﺬع‬
‫‪0.20‬‬ ‫‪0.36‬‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ‬

‫‪52‬‬